User's Guide: more init info, autoprobing, etc
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * Upgrading:: Deprecated/Removed Commands
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
116 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
117 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
118 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
119 between chips and boards.
120
121 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
122 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
123 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
124
125 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
126 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
127 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
128 debugged via the GDB protocol.
129
130 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
131 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
132 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
133 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
134 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
135
136 @section OpenOCD Web Site
137
138 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
139
140 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
141
142 @section Latest User's Guide:
143
144 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
145 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
146 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
147
148 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
149
150 PDF form is likewise published at:
151
152 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
153
154 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
155
156 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
157
158 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
159
160
161 @node Developers
162 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
163 @cindex developers
164
165 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
166 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
167 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
168 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
169
170 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
171 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
172
173 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
174
175 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
176 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
177
178 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
179
180 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
181
182 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
183
184 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
185 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
186 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
187 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
188 needing a GIT client:
189
190 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
191
192 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
193
194 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
195 from the repository or a snapshot.
196
197 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
198 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
199 Patches created against older versions may require additional
200 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
201
202 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
203
204 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
205 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
206 technical information about the software internals, development
207 processes, and similar documentation:
208
209 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
210
211 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
212 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
213 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
214
215 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
216
217 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
218 communication between developers:
219
220 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
221
222 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
223 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
224 to prepare patches.
225
226
227 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
229 @cindex dongles
230 @cindex FTDI
231 @cindex wiggler
232 @cindex zy1000
233 @cindex printer port
234 @cindex USB Adapter
235 @cindex RTCK
236
237 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
238 an adapter .... [snip]
239
240 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
241 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
242 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
243 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
244 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
245 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
246 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
247
248
249 @section Choosing a Dongle
250
251 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
252
253 @enumerate
254 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
255 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
256 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
257 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
258 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
259 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
260 Ethernet port needed?
261 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
262 @end enumerate
263
264 @section Stand alone Systems
265
266 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
267 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
268 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
269 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
270 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
271
272 @section USB FT2232 Based
273
274 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
275 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
276 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
277 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
278 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
279 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
280
281 @itemize @bullet
282 @item @b{usbjtag}
283 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
284 @item @b{jtagkey}
285 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
286 @item @b{jtagkey2}
287 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
288 @item @b{oocdlink}
289 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
290 @item @b{signalyzer}
291 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
292 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
293 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
294 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
296 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
298 @item @b{flyswatter}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
300 @item @b{turtelizer2}
301 @* See:
302 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
303 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
304 @item @b{comstick}
305 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
306 @item @b{stm32stick}
307 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
308 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
309 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
310 @item @b{cortino}
311 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
312 @end itemize
313
314 @section USB JLINK based
315 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
316 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
317 AT91SAM764 internally.
318
319 @itemize @bullet
320 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
321 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
322 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
323 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
324 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
325 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
326 @end itemize
327
328 @section USB RLINK based
329 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
330
331 @itemize @bullet
332 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
333 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
334 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
335 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
336 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
337 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
338 @end itemize
339
340 @section USB Other
341 @itemize @bullet
342 @item @b{USBprog}
343 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
344
345 @item @b{USB - Presto}
346 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
347
348 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
349 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
350
351 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
353 @end itemize
354
355 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
356
357 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
358 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
359 these on the market.
360
361 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
362 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
363 of USB-based ones.
364
365 @itemize @bullet
366
367 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
369
370 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
371 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
372 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
373
374 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
375 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
376
377 @item @b{GW16402}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
379
380 @item @b{Wiggler2}
381 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
382 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
383
384 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
385 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
386
387 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
388 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
389
390 @item @b{arm-jtag}
391 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
392
393 @item @b{chameleon}
394 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
395
396 @item @b{Triton}
397 @* Unknown.
398
399 @item @b{Lattice}
400 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
401 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
402
403 @item @b{flashlink}
404 @* From ST Microsystems;
405 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
406 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
407
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section Other...
411 @itemize @bullet
412
413 @item @b{ep93xx}
414 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
415
416 @item @b{at91rm9200}
417 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
418
419 @end itemize
420
421 @node About JIM-Tcl
422 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
423 @cindex JIM Tcl
424 @cindex tcl
425
426 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
427 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
428 command interpreter.
429
430 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
431 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
432 much of anything about Tcl.
433 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
434
435 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
436
437 @itemize @bullet
438 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
439 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
440 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
441 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
442 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
443 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
444
445 @item @b{Missing Features}
446 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
447 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
448
449 @item @b{Scripts}
450 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
451 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
452 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
453
454 @item @b{Commands}
455 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
456 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
457 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
458 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
459
460 @item @b{Historical Note}
461 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
462
463 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
464 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
465 @end itemize
466
467 @node Running
468 @chapter Running
469 @cindex command line options
470 @cindex logfile
471 @cindex directory search
472
473 The @option{--help} option shows:
474 @verbatim
475 bash$ openocd --help
476
477 --help | -h display this help
478 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
479 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
480 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
481 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
482 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
483 --command | -c run <command>
484 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
485 @end verbatim
486
487 By default OpenOCD reads the file configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}
488 in the current directory. To specify a different (or multiple)
489 configuration file, you can use the ``-f'' option. For example:
490
491 @example
492 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
493 @end example
494
495 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
496 on the command line or in @file{openocd.cfg}.
497 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
498 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
499 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
500 ensure that this always succeeds.
501 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
502 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
503 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
504 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
505
506 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
507 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
508 those channels.
509
510 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
511 the ``-d'' option.
512
513 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
514 @option{-c} command line switch.
515
516 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
517 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
518 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
519 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
520 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
521 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
522 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
523
524 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
525 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
526
527 Search paths for config/script files can be added to OpenOCD by using
528 the @option{-s <search>} switch. The current directory and the OpenOCD
529 target library is in the search path by default.
530
531 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
532
533 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
534 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
535 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
536 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
537
538 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
539 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
540
541 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
542 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
543 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
544 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
545 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
546
547 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
548
549 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
550 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
551 and a USB cable on the other.
552 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
553 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
554
555 @enumerate
556 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
557 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
558 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
559 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
560 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
561 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
562 debugging host.
563
564 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
565 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
566 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
567 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
568 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
569
570 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
571 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
572 with 1.2 Volt boards.
573
574 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
575 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
576 ways to connect the cable.
577 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
578 Be sure it's firmly connected.
579
580 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
581 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
582 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
583 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
584 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
585 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
586 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
587 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
588
589 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
590 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
591 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
592 but are tedious to set up.
593 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
594 adapter signals to the right board pins.
595
596 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
597 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
598 you are using to run OpenOCD.
599 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
600
601 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
602 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
603
604 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
605 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
606 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
607
608 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
609 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
610 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
611 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
612
613 @end enumerate
614
615 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
616 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
617 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
618
619 @section Project Directory
620
621 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
622
623 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
624 single directory for your work with a given board.
625 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
626 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
627 and for code you upload to the target board.
628 It is also the natural place to write files,
629 such as log files and data you download from the board.
630
631 @section Configuration Basics
632
633 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
634 a variety of ways you can mix them.
635 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
636
637 @itemize
638 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
639 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
640 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
641 @end itemize
642
643 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
644 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
645 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
646
647 @example
648 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
649
650 # GDB can also flash my flash!
651 gdb_memory_map enable
652 gdb_flash_program enable
653
654 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
655 @end example
656
657 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
658
659 @example
660 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
661 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
662 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
663 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
664 @end example
665
666 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
667 each supporting a different development task.
668 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
669 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
670
671 @quotation Important
672 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
673 problems with how it treats variables.
674 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
675 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
676 that can be tested in a later script.
677 @end quotation
678
679 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
680 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
681 to simplify your work.
682
683 @section User Config Files
684 @cindex config file, user
685 @cindex user config file
686 @cindex config file, overview
687
688 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
689 in one place.
690 One of the following will match your situation best:
691
692 @itemize
693 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
694 provided by someone else.
695 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
696 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
697 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
698 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
699 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
700 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
701
702 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
703 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
707 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
708 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
709 @end enumerate
710
711 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
712 The first is an interface config file.
713 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
714 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
715 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
716 meet your deadline:
717
718 @example
719 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
720 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
721 @end example
722
723 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
724 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
725 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
726 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
727
728 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
729 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
730 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
731 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
732 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
733 @xref{Autoprobing}.
734
735 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
736 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
737 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
738 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
739
740 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
741 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
742 giving access to your particular flash chips.
743 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
744 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
745
746 @quotation Note
747 When you write new configuration files, please submit
748 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
749 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
750 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
751 will help support users of any board using that chip.
752 @end quotation
753
754 @item
755 You may may need to write some C code.
756 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
757 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
758 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
759 a new chip architecture.
760 @end itemize
761
762 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
763 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
764 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
765
766 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
767 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
768 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
769 @itemize
770
771 @item
772 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
773 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
774 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
775 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
776
777 @item
778 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
779 @cindex vector_catch
780 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
781 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
782 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
783 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
784 along with messaging and tracing setup.
785 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
786
787 @item
788 You might need to override some defaults.
789 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
790 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
791
792 @item
793 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
794 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
795 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
796 @end itemize
797
798 @section Project-Specific Utilities
799
800 A few project-specific utility
801 routines may well speed up your work.
802 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
803
804 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
805 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
806 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
807 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
808 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
809 may help:
810
811 @example
812 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
813 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
814 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
815 # Leave the CPU halted.
816 reset init
817
818 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
819 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
820
821 # Start running.
822 resume 0x20000000
823 @}
824 @end example
825
826 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
827 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
828 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
829 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
830 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
831
832 @example
833 proc newboot @{ @} @{
834 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
835 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
836 # "reset halt" would be slower.
837 reset init
838
839 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
840 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
841 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
842 flash protect 0 0 1 off
843 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
844 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
845 flash protect 0 0 1 on
846
847 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
848 reset run
849 @}
850 @end example
851
852 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
853 from NAND.
854 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
855 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
856 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
857
858 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
859 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
860
861 @section Target Software Changes
862
863 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
864 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
865 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
866 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
867 handling issues like:
868
869 @itemize @bullet
870
871 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
872 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
873 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
874 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
875 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
876
877 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
878 or otherwise prevent using that state,
879 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
880 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
881 work for an idle processor otherwise.
882
883 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
884 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
885 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
886 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
887 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
888
889 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
890 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
891 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
892 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
893 early code execution can be debugged
894 or firmware can be replaced.
895
896 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
897 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
898 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
899 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
900 operations like writing to memory.)
901
902 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
903 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
904 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
905 various kinds of message.
906 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
907
908 @end itemize
909
910 @node Config File Guidelines
911 @chapter Config File Guidelines
912
913 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
914 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
915 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
916 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
917
918 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
919 with files including the ones listed here.
920 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
921 @itemize @bullet
922 @item @file{interface} ...
923 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
924 @example
925 $ ls interface
926 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
927 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
928 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
929 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
930 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
931 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
932 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
933 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
934 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
935 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
936 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
937 $
938 @end example
939 @item @file{board} ...
940 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
941 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
942 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
943 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
944 but support for external parts varies widely. For
945 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
946 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
947 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
948 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
949 a CPU and an FPGA.
950 @example
951 $ ls board
952 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
953 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
954 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
955 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
956 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
957 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
958 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
959 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
960 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
961 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
962 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
963 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
964 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
965 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
966 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
967 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
968 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
969 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
970 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
971 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
972 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
973 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
974 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
975 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
976 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
977 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
978 $
979 @end example
980 @item @file{target} ...
981 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
982 on a chip
983 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
984 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
985 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
986 the target config file defines all of them.
987 @example
988 $ ls target
989 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
990 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
991 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
992 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
993 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
994 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
995 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
996 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
997 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
998 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
999 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1000 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1001 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1002 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1003 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1004 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1005 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1006 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1007 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1008 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1009 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1010 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1011 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1012 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1013 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1014 $
1015 @end example
1016 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1017 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1018 @end itemize
1019
1020 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1021 file may override features in any of the above files by
1022 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1023 commands specific to their situation.
1024
1025 @section Interface Config Files
1026
1027 The user config file
1028 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1029
1030 @example
1031 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1032 @end example
1033
1034 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1035 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1036 sole developer who created it.
1037
1038 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1039 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1040 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1041 and need to provide a driver for it.
1042
1043 @section Board Config Files
1044 @cindex config file, board
1045 @cindex board config file
1046
1047 The user config file
1048 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1049
1050 @example
1051 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1052 @end example
1053
1054 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1055 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1056 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1057
1058 @enumerate
1059 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1060 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1061 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1062 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1063 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1064 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1065 @end enumerate
1066
1067 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1068 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1069 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1070 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1071
1072 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1073 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1074 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1075 configuration works.
1076
1077 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1078
1079 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1080 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1081 convention on how to use certain variables.
1082
1083 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1084 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1085 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1086 used at will within a target configuration file.
1087
1088 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1089 for a board with three chips:
1090
1091 @example
1092 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1093 set CHIPNAME network
1094 set ENDIAN big
1095 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1096 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1097 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1098 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1099
1100 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1101 set CHIPNAME video
1102 set ENDIAN little
1103 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1104 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1105 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1106 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1107
1108 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1109 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1110 unset ENDIAN
1111 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1112 @end example
1113
1114 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1115 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1116 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1117 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1118 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1119 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1120 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1121 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1122
1123 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1124 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1125 naming collisions.
1126
1127 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1128 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1129 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1130 up other clocks and peripherals.
1131
1132 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1133 @cindex variable names
1134
1135 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1136 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1137 one such chip (as shown above).
1138 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1139 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1140 to promote consistency and
1141 so that board files can override target defaults.
1142
1143 Inputs to target config files include:
1144
1145 @itemize @bullet
1146 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1147 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1148 tap identifier dotted names.
1149 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1150 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1151 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1152 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1153 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1154 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1155 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1156 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1157 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1158 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1159 @end itemize
1160
1161 Outputs from target config files include:
1162
1163 @itemize @bullet
1164 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1165 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1166 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1167 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1168 specific to that board and that target.
1169 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1170 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1171 @end itemize
1172
1173 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1174 @cindex event, reset-init
1175 @cindex reset-init handler
1176
1177 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1178 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1179 fully set up yet.
1180 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1181 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1182 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1183 handler is one of the most important.
1184
1185 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1186 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1187 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1188 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1189 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1190
1191 @quotation Note
1192 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1193 are included here.
1194 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1195 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1196 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1197 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1198 @end quotation
1199
1200 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1201 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1202 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1203 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1204 those as parameters.
1205 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1206 and disabling the watchdog.
1207 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1208 the next developer doing such work.
1209 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1210
1211 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1212 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1213 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1214 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1215
1216 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1217
1218 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1219 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1220 a low JTAG clock rate.
1221 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1222 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1223 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1224 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1225 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1226 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1227 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1228
1229 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1230 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1231 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1232 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1233 which might be less than that.
1234
1235 @quotation Warning
1236 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1237 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1238 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1239 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1240 @end quotation
1241
1242 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1243 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1244 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1245 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1246 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1247
1248 @section Target Config Files
1249 @cindex config file, target
1250 @cindex target config file
1251
1252 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1253 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1254 more target config files like this:
1255
1256 @example
1257 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1258 @end example
1259
1260 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1261 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1262 In summary the target files should contain
1263
1264 @enumerate
1265 @item Set defaults
1266 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1267 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1268 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1269 @item On-Chip flash
1270 @end enumerate
1271
1272 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1273 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1274 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1275
1276 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1277 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1278 can talk to the chip.
1279 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1280 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1281 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1282 and other processing engines.
1283
1284 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1285
1286 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1287 letting board config files express environment-specific
1288 differences in how things should be set up.
1289
1290 @example
1291 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1292 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1293 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1294 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1295 @} else @{
1296 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1297 @}
1298
1299 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1300 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1301 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1302 @} else @{
1303 set _ENDIAN little
1304 @}
1305
1306 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1307 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1308 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1309 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1310 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1311 @} else @{
1312 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1313 @}
1314 @end example
1315 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1316
1317 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1318 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1319 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1320
1321 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1322 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1323 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1324
1325 @example
1326 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1327 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1328 @end example
1329
1330 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1331 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1332 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1333 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1334 for taps.
1335
1336 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1337 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1338 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1339 looks (in part) like this:
1340
1341 @example
1342 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0xf \
1343 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1344 @end example
1345
1346 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1347 to source such a config file twice, with different
1348 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1349 it adds a different TAP each time.
1350
1351 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1352 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1353 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1354 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1355
1356 @example
1357 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1358 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1359 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1360 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1361 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1362 @end example
1363
1364 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1365 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1366
1367 @itemize
1368 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1369 plus a JRC to enable them
1370 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1371 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1372 is not currently used)
1373 @end itemize
1374
1375 @subsection Add CPU targets
1376
1377 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1378 GDB and other commands can use it.
1379 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1380 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1381 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1382 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1383
1384 @example
1385 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1386 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1387 @end example
1388
1389 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1390 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1391 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1392 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1393 a work area if you can.
1394 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1395
1396 @example
1397 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1398 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1399 @end example
1400
1401 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1402
1403 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1404 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1405 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1406
1407 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1408 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1409 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1410
1411 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1412 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1413 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1414 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1415 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1416 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1417
1418 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1419 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1420 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1421 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1422 slower clock than they will use later.
1423 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1424 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1425 than they will use later.
1426 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1427
1428 @quotation Important
1429 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1430 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1431 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1432 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1433 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1434 @end quotation
1435
1436 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1437
1438 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1439 special high speed download features - enable it.
1440
1441 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1442
1443 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1444 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1445 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1446 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1447 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1448 If you are using an external trace port,
1449 configure it in your board config file.
1450 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1451 configure it in your target config file.
1452
1453 @example
1454 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1455 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1456 @end example
1457
1458 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1459
1460 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1461
1462 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1463 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1464 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1465 the TARGET (chip) file.
1466
1467 Examples:
1468 @itemize @bullet
1469 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1470 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1471 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1472 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1473 @end itemize
1474
1475 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1476 @section Translating Configuration Files
1477 @cindex translation
1478 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1479 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1480 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1481 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1482 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1483 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1484
1485 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1486 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1487 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1488 convert other scripts later on.
1489
1490 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1491 replace job:
1492
1493 @example
1494 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1495 #
1496 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1497 #
1498 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1499 #
1500 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1501
1502 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1503 global TARGETNAME
1504
1505 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1506
1507 arm11 mcr $TARGETNAME 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1508 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1509 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1510 @}
1511 @end example
1512
1513
1514
1515 @node Daemon Configuration
1516 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1517 @cindex initialization
1518 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1519 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1520 supported.
1521
1522 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1523 @section Configuration Stage
1524 @cindex configuration stage
1525 @cindex config command
1526
1527 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1528 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1529 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1530 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1531 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1532 which may be issued interactively.
1533
1534 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1535 flash banks,
1536 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1537 and other basic setup.
1538 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1539 may access or activate TAPs.
1540 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1541 longer be issued.
1542
1543 @section Entering the Run Stage
1544
1545 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1546 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1547 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1548 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1549 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1550 You should see no errors at this point.
1551 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1552 commands you used to configure the server.
1553 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1554 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1555 on the scan chain.
1556
1557 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1558 become available.
1559 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1560 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1561 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1562 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1563 entry to the run stage.
1564
1565 @deffn {Config Command} init
1566 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1567 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1568 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1569 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1570 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1571 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1572
1573 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1574 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1575 configuration files and/or command line options.
1576
1577 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1578 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1579 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1580 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1581 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1582 @end deffn
1583
1584 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1585 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1586 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1587
1588 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1589 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1590 scan chain.
1591 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1592 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1593
1594 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1595 they return.
1596 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1597 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1598 @end deffn
1599
1600 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1601 @section TCP/IP Ports
1602 @cindex TCP port
1603 @cindex server
1604 @cindex port
1605 @cindex security
1606 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1607 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1608 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1609
1610 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1611 access using one or more of these ports.
1612 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1613 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1614 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1615
1616 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1617 @cindex GDB server
1618 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1619 The GDB port for the
1620 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1621 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1622 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1623 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1624 @end deffn
1625
1626 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1627 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1628 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1629 output from the Tcl engine.
1630 Intended as a machine interface.
1631 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1632 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1633 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1634 @end deffn
1635
1636 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1637 Specify or query the
1638 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1639 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1640 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1641 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1642 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1643 @end deffn
1644
1645 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1646 @section GDB Configuration
1647 @cindex GDB
1648 @cindex GDB configuration
1649 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1650 The ones listed here are static and global.
1651 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1652 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1653
1654 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1655 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1656 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1657 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1658 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1659 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1660 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1661 @end deffn
1662
1663 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1664 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1665 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1666 vFlash packet is received.
1667 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1668 @end deffn
1669
1670 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1671 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1672 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1673 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1674 for flash programming to work.
1675 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1676 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1677 @end deffn
1678
1679 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1680 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1681 by GDB memory read packets.
1682 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1683 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1684 @end deffn
1685
1686 @anchor{Event Polling}
1687 @section Event Polling
1688
1689 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1690 where significant events can happen at any time.
1691 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1692 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1693 or to GDB.
1694
1695 Examples of such events include:
1696
1697 @itemize
1698 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1699 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1700 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1701 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1702 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1703 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1704 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1705 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1706 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1707 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1708 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1709 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1710 @end itemize
1711
1712 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1713 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1714 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1715 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1716 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1717
1718 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1719 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1720 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1721 to the various active targets.
1722 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1723 which is normally done in the background.
1724
1725 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1726 Poll the current target for its current state.
1727 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1728 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1729 specific information about the current state is printed.
1730 An optional parameter
1731 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1732
1733 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1734 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1735 @example
1736 > poll
1737 background polling: on
1738 target state: halted
1739 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1740 current mode: Supervisor
1741 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1742 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1743 >
1744 @end example
1745 @end deffn
1746
1747 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1748 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1749 @cindex config file, interface
1750 @cindex interface config file
1751
1752 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1753 through commands in an interface configuration
1754 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1755 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1756
1757 @example
1758 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1759 @end example
1760
1761 These commands tell
1762 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1763 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1764
1765 @example
1766 # jlink interface
1767 interface jlink
1768 @end example
1769
1770 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1771
1772
1773 @section Interface Configuration
1774
1775 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1776 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1777 more additional commands.
1778
1779 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1780 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1781 target.
1782 @end deffn
1783
1784 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1785 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1786 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1787 @end deffn
1788
1789 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1790 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1791 @end deffn
1792
1793 @section Interface Drivers
1794
1795 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1796 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1797 available at run time.
1798
1799 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1800 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1801 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1802 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1803
1804 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1805 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1806 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1807 @end deffn
1808
1809 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1810 Displays status of RTCK option.
1811 Optionally sets that option first.
1812 @end deffn
1813 @end deffn
1814
1815 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1816 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1817 This has one driver-specific command:
1818
1819 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1820 Logs some status
1821 @end deffn
1822 @end deffn
1823
1824 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1825 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1826 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1827 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1828 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1829 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1830 @end deffn
1831
1832 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1833 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1834 @end deffn
1835
1836 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1837 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1838 @end deffn
1839
1840 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1841 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1842 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1843 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1844
1845 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1846 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1847 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1848 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1849 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1850 @end deffn
1851
1852 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1853 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1854 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1855 is connected to the host.
1856 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1857 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1858 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1859 @end deffn
1860
1861 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1862 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1863 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1864 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1865 @itemize @minus
1866 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1867 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1868 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1869 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1870 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1871 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1872 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1873 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1874 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1875 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1876 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1877 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1878 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1879 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1880 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1881 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1882 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1883 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1884 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1885 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1886 @end itemize
1887 @end deffn
1888
1889 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1890 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1891 default values are used.
1892 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1893 @example
1894 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1895 @end example
1896 @end deffn
1897
1898 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1899 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1900 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1901 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1902 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1903 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1904 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1905 @end deffn
1906
1907 For example, the interface config file for a
1908 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1909
1910 @example
1911 interface ft2232
1912 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1913 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1914 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1915 @end example
1916 @end deffn
1917
1918 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1919 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1920 This has one driver-specific command:
1921
1922 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1923 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1924 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1925 @end deffn
1926 @end deffn
1927
1928 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
1929 Segger jlink USB adapter
1930 @c command: jlink_info
1931 @c dumps status
1932 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
1933 @c sets version 2 or 3
1934 @end deffn
1935
1936 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
1937 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
1938 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
1939 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1940 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1941
1942 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
1943 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
1944 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
1945
1946 @itemize @minus
1947 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
1948 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
1949 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
1950 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
1951 in configuration mode. This is only used to
1952 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
1953 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
1954 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
1955 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
1956 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
1957 some versions of
1958 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
1959 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
1960 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
1961 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
1962 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
1963 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
1964 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
1965 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
1966 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
1967 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
1968 @end itemize
1969 @end deffn
1970
1971 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1972 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
1973 the @file{/dev/parport} device
1974
1975 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
1976 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
1977 you may encounter a problem.
1978 @end deffn
1979
1980 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
1981 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
1982 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
1983 @end deffn
1984
1985 For example, the interface configuration file for a
1986 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
1987
1988 @example
1989 interface parport
1990 parport_port 0xc8b8
1991 parport_cable wiggler
1992 @end example
1993 @end deffn
1994
1995 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
1996 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
1997 @c command: presto_serial str
1998 @c sets serial number
1999 @end deffn
2000
2001 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2002 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2003 @end deffn
2004
2005 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2006 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2007 @end deffn
2008
2009 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2010 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2011
2012 @quotation Note
2013 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2014 which are not currently documented here.
2015 @end quotation
2016 @end deffn
2017
2018 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2019 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2020
2021 @quotation Note
2022 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2023 which are not currently documented here.
2024 @end quotation
2025
2026 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2027 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2028 No arguments: print status.
2029 @end deffn
2030
2031 @end deffn
2032
2033 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2034 @section JTAG Speed
2035 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2036 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2037 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2038 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2039 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2040 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2041 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2042 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2043 power management software that may be active.
2044
2045 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2046 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2047 target event handler.
2048 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2049 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2050 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2051 sets up those clocks).
2052 @xref{Target Events}.
2053 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2054 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2055 in the target config file.
2056 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2057 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2058 config file instead.
2059 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2060 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2061 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2062
2063 @example
2064 jtag_rclk 3000
2065 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2066 @end example
2067
2068 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2069 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2070 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2071 may not be the fastest solution.
2072
2073 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2074 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2075
2076 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2077 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2078 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2079 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2080 than the speed specified.
2081
2082 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2083 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2084 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2085 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2086
2087 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2088 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2089 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2090 JTAG clocking after setup.
2091 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2092 If the interface device can not
2093 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2094 @end deffn
2095
2096 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2097 @cindex adaptive clocking
2098 @cindex RTCK
2099 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2100 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2101 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2102 @example
2103 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2104 jtag_rclk 3000
2105 @end example
2106 @end defun
2107
2108 @node Reset Configuration
2109 @chapter Reset Configuration
2110 @cindex Reset Configuration
2111
2112 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2113 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2114 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2115 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2116 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2117 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2118 Please see the various board files for examples.
2119
2120 @quotation Note
2121 To maintainers and integrators:
2122 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2123 Normally the board configuration file
2124 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2125 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2126
2127 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2128 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2129 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2130 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2131 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2132 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2133 @end quotation
2134
2135 @section Types of Reset
2136
2137 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2138 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2139 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2140
2141 @itemize @bullet
2142 @item
2143 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2144 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2145 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2146 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2147 @item
2148 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2149 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2150 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2151 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2152 @item
2153 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2154 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2155 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2156 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2157 @item
2158 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2159 several other types of reset.
2160 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2161 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2162 There may be individual module resets.
2163 @end itemize
2164
2165 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2166 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2167 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2168 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2169 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2170 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2171 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2172 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2173 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2174
2175 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2176 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2177
2178 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2179 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2180 common issues are:
2181
2182 @itemize @bullet
2183
2184 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2185 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2186 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2187 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2188 when either of those signals is not connected.
2189 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2190 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2191 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2192 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2193
2194 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2195 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2196 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2197 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2198
2199 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2200 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2201 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2202 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2203 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2204 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2205 hardware debouncing.
2206 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2207 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2208
2209 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2210 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2211 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2212 to use push/pull output drivers.
2213 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2214 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2215 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2216 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2217
2218 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2219 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2220 issues (not limited to errata).
2221 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2222 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2223 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2224 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2225 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2226 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2227 @end itemize
2228
2229 There can also be other issues.
2230 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2231 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2232 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2233 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2234 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2235 Agreement (NDA).
2236
2237 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2238 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2239 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2240
2241 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2242 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2243
2244 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2245
2246 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2247 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2248 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2249 allowing it to be deasserted.
2250 @end deffn
2251
2252 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2253 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2254 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2255 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2256 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2257 @end deffn
2258
2259 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2260 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2261 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2262 allowing it to be deasserted.
2263 @end deffn
2264
2265 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2266 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2267 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2268 @end deffn
2269
2270 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2271 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2272 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2273 configuration scripts.
2274
2275 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2276 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2277 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2278 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2279 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2280 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2281 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2282 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2283
2284 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2285 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2286 @var{gates},
2287 @var{trst_type},
2288 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2289 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2290 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2291 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2292 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2293 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2294
2295 @itemize
2296 @item
2297 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2298 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2299 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2300 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2301 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2302
2303 @quotation Tip
2304 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2305 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2306 @end quotation
2307
2308 @item
2309 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2310 signal implementations.
2311 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2312 indicating everything behaves normally.
2313 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2314 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2315 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2316 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2317 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2318 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2319 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2320
2321 @item
2322 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2323 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2324 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2325 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2326 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2327 while SRST is asserted.
2328 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2329 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2330 @end itemize
2331
2332 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2333 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2334 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2335 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2336 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2337
2338 @itemize
2339 @item
2340 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2341 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2342 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2343 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2344
2345 @item
2346 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2347 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2348 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2349 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2350 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2351 @end itemize
2352 @end deffn
2353
2354 @section Custom Reset Handling
2355 @cindex events
2356
2357 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2358 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2359 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2360 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2361 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2362 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2363
2364 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2365 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2366 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2367 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2368 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2369 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2370 needs special attention.
2371
2372 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2373 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2374 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2375 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2376 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2377 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2378 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2379 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2380
2381 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2382 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2383 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2384 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2385 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2386
2387 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2388 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2389 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2390 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2391 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2392 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2393 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2394 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2395 or potentially some other value.
2396
2397 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2398 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2399 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2400 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2401 (or their associated targets)
2402 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2403
2404 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2405 they return.
2406 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2407 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2408 @end deffn
2409
2410 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2411 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2412 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2413 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2414 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2415 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2416 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2417 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2418 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2419 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2420 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2421 @end deffn
2422
2423 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2424 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2425 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2426 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2427 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2428 @end deffn
2429
2430
2431 @node TAP Declaration
2432 @chapter TAP Declaration
2433 @cindex TAP declaration
2434 @cindex TAP configuration
2435
2436 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2437 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2438
2439 @itemize @bullet
2440 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2441 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2442 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2443 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2444 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2445 start running that code.
2446 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2447 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2448 and missing connections
2449 @end itemize
2450
2451 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2452 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2453 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2454 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2455 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2456
2457 @section Scan Chains
2458 @cindex scan chain
2459
2460 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2461 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2462 They also need to be added to
2463 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2464 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2465 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2466 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2467 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2468 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2469 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2470 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2471
2472 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2473 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2474 command, presented in the next chapter.
2475 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2476 debugging targets.)
2477 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2478
2479 @verbatim
2480 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
2481 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
2482 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
2483 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2484 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
2485 @end verbatim
2486
2487 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2488 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2489 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2490 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2491 until they are told to do so.
2492
2493 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2494 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2495 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2496 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2497
2498 @example
2499 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 7 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0x55
2500 @end example
2501
2502 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2503 by a given chip.
2504 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2505 and so forth.
2506 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2507 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2508 a single chip and between them.
2509 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2510
2511 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2512 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2513 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2514 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2515 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2516 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2517 includes commands something like this:
2518
2519 @example
2520 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2521 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2522 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2523 @end example
2524
2525 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2526 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2527 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2528
2529 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2530 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2531 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2532 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2533 @example
2534 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2535 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2536 @}
2537 @end example
2538 @end deffn
2539
2540 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2541 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2542 and their status.
2543 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2544 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2545 but systems with a JTAG router can
2546 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2547 In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
2548 each TAP's instruction register can also change.
2549 @end deffn
2550
2551 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2552 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2553
2554 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2555 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2556
2557 @section TAP Names
2558 @cindex dotted name
2559
2560 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2561 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2562 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2563 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2564 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2565 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2566 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2567 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2568
2569 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2570 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2571 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2572
2573 @quotation Tip
2574 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2575 This feature is still present.
2576 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2577 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2578 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2579 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2580 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2581 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2582 @end quotation
2583
2584 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2585
2586 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2587 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2588 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2589 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2590 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2591
2592 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2593 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2594 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2595 overridable.
2596
2597 @cindex TAP naming convention
2598 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2599 and should follow this convention:
2600
2601 @itemize @bullet
2602 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2603 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2604 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2605 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2606 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2607 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2608 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2609 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2610 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2611 with a single TAP;
2612 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2613 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2614 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2615 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2616 @end itemize
2617
2618 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2619
2620 @itemize @bullet
2621 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2622 @*The length in bits of the
2623 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2624 @end itemize
2625
2626 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2627
2628 @itemize @bullet
2629 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2630 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2631 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2632 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2633 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2634 (the TAP is linked in).
2635 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2636 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2637 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2638 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2639 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2640 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2641 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2642 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2643 values that were found but not included in the list.
2644 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2645 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2646 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2647 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2648 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2649 up to verify that two-bit value; but you may provide
2650 additional bits, if you know them.
2651 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2652 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2653 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2654 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2655 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2656 @end itemize
2657 @end deffn
2658
2659 @section Other TAP commands
2660
2661 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2662 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2663 At this writing this TAP attribute
2664 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2665 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2666 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2667 See the next section for information about the available events.
2668
2669 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2670 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2671 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2672 @end deffn
2673
2674 @anchor{TAP Events}
2675 @section TAP Events
2676 @cindex events
2677 @cindex TAP events
2678
2679 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2680 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2681 The other applies to debugger targets,
2682 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2683
2684 The TAP events currently defined are:
2685
2686 @itemize @bullet
2687 @item @b{post-reset}
2688 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2689 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2690 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2691 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2692 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2693
2694 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2695 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2696 of any particular target.
2697 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2698 @item @b{setup}
2699 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2700 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2701 @item @b{tap-disable}
2702 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2703 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2704 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2705 @item @b{tap-enable}
2706 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2707 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2708 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2709 @end itemize
2710
2711 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2712 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2713 contents to be accurate), you might:
2714
2715 @example
2716 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2717 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2718 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2719 @}
2720 @end example
2721
2722
2723 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2724 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2725 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2726 @cindex jrc
2727
2728 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2729 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2730 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2731 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2732 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2733
2734 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2735 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2736 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2737 be visible.
2738 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2739 ignores, such as:
2740
2741 @itemize
2742 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2743 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2744 TAPs receive new instructions.
2745 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2746 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2747 @end itemize
2748
2749 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2750 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2751 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2752 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2753
2754 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2755 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2756
2757 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2758 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2759 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2760 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2761 should define TAP event handlers using
2762 code that looks something like this:
2763
2764 @example
2765 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2766 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2767 @}
2768 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2769 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2770 @}
2771 @end example
2772
2773 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2774
2775 @example
2776 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2777 @end example
2778
2779 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2780 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2781 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2782 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2783
2784 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2785 If necessary, disables the tap
2786 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2787 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2788 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2789 and "0" if it is disabled.
2790 @end deffn
2791
2792 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2793 If necessary, enables the tap
2794 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2795 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2796 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2797 and "0" if it is disabled.
2798 @end deffn
2799
2800 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2801 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2802 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2803 and "0" if it is disabled.
2804
2805 @quotation Note
2806 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2807 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2808 @end quotation
2809 @end deffn
2810
2811 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2812 @section Autoprobing
2813 @cindex autoprobe
2814 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2815
2816 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2817 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2818 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2819 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2820
2821 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2822 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2823 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2824 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2825 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2826 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2827 right when they come out of reset).
2828
2829 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2830
2831 @example
2832 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2833 reset_config trst_and_srst
2834 jtag_rclk 8
2835 @end example
2836
2837 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2838 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2839
2840 @enumerate
2841 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2842 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2843 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2844 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2845 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2846 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2847 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2848 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2849 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2850 that is discovered.
2851 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2852 register, it will report it.
2853 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2854 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2855 @end enumerate
2856
2857 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2858 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2859 that's a bit more complex:
2860
2861 @example
2862 clock speed 8 kHz
2863 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2864 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2865 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2866 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2867 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2868 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2869 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2870 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
2871 @end example
2872
2873 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
2874 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
2875 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
2876 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
2877 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
2878 and so forth.
2879
2880 @node CPU Configuration
2881 @chapter CPU Configuration
2882 @cindex GDB target
2883
2884 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
2885 You can also access these targets without GDB
2886 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
2887 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
2888 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
2889 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
2890
2891 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
2892 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
2893
2894 @section Target List
2895 @cindex target, current
2896 @cindex target, list
2897
2898 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
2899 where each member has a name.
2900 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
2901 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
2902 (plural!) command.
2903 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
2904 look like with more than one:
2905 @verbatim
2906 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
2907 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
2908 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
2909 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
2910 @end verbatim
2911
2912 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
2913 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
2914 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
2915 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
2916 space seen by that current target.
2917 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
2918 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
2919 are examples; and there are many more.
2920
2921 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
2922
2923 @deffn Command {target count}
2924 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2925 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
2926 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
2927
2928 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
2929 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
2930 @example
2931 set c [target count]
2932 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
2933 # Assuming you have created this function
2934 print_target_details $x
2935 @}
2936 @end example
2937 @end deffn
2938
2939 @deffn Command {target current}
2940 Returns the name of the current target.
2941 @end deffn
2942
2943 @deffn Command {target names}
2944 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
2945 @example
2946 foreach t [target names] @{
2947 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
2948 @}
2949 @end example
2950 @end deffn
2951
2952 @deffn Command {target number} number
2953 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2954 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
2955
2956 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
2957 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
2958 @example
2959 set thename [target number $x]
2960 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
2961 @end example
2962 @end deffn
2963
2964 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
2965 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
2966
2967 @deffn Command targets [name]
2968 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
2969 command names are singular.}
2970
2971 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
2972 targets in a user friendly form.
2973
2974 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
2975 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
2976 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
2977 @end deffn
2978
2979 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
2980 @cindex target type
2981 @cindex CPU type
2982 @cindex CPU variant
2983
2984 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
2985 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
2986 when calling @command{target create}.
2987 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
2988 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
2989 what kind of debug support it integrates,
2990 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
2991 what core-specific commands may be available
2992 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
2993 and more.
2994
2995 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
2996 indicate differences that affect their handling.
2997 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
2998 worked around in some chip versions.
2999
3000 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3001 since there's a command to list them.
3002 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3003 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3004
3005 @anchor{target types}
3006 @deffn Command {target types}
3007 Lists all supported target types.
3008 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3009
3010 @itemize @bullet
3011 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3012 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3013 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3014 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3015 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3016 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3017 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3018 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3019 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3020 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3021 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3022 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3023 @itemize @minus
3024 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3025 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3026 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3027 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3028 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3029 @end itemize
3030 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3031 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3032 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3033 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3034 @itemize @minus
3035 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3036 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3037 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3038 processor.
3039 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3040 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3041 @end itemize
3042 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3043 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3044 There are several variants defined:
3045 @itemize @minus
3046 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3047 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3048 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3049 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3050 @end itemize
3051 @end itemize
3052 @end deffn
3053
3054 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3055 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3056 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3057 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3058 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3059 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3060 reflect design generations;
3061 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3062 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3063
3064 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3065 @section Target Configuration
3066
3067 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3068 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3069 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3070 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3071 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3072
3073 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3074 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3075 optional parts.
3076 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3077 command, created as part of target creation.
3078
3079 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3080 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3081 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3082 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3083 to be much more board-specific.
3084 The key steps you use might look something like this
3085
3086 @example
3087 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3088 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3089 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3090 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3091 @end example
3092
3093 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3094 on-chip SRAM.
3095 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3096 writes to target memory;
3097 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3098 GDB memory checksumming;
3099 and more.
3100
3101 @quotation Warning
3102 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3103 inaccessible when application code
3104 (such as an operating system)
3105 enables or disables the MMU.
3106 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3107 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3108 easy access to other addresses needed.
3109 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3110 @end quotation
3111
3112 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3113 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3114 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3115 controllers.
3116 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3117 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3118 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3119
3120 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3121 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3122 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3123 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3124 purposes including additional configuration.
3125
3126 @itemize @bullet
3127 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3128 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3129 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3130 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3131
3132 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3133 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3134 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3135 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3136 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3137 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3138 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3139 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3140
3141 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3142 @end itemize
3143 @end deffn
3144
3145 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3146 The options accepted by this command may also be
3147 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3148 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3149 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3150
3151 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3152 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3153 and changing its endianness or variant.
3154
3155 @itemize @bullet
3156
3157 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3158 used to access this target.
3159
3160 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3161 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3162
3163 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3164 @xref{Target Events}.
3165 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3166 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3167 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3168 same event name assigns only one handler.
3169
3170 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3171 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3172
3173 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3174 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3175 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3176 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3177 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3178 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3179 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3180
3181 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify/set the work area
3182
3183 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3184 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3185
3186 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3187 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3188
3189 @end itemize
3190 @end deffn
3191
3192 @section Other $target_name Commands
3193 @cindex object command
3194
3195 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3196 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3197
3198 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3199 Once a button is created a button
3200 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3201 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3202 configure it like this:
3203
3204 @example
3205 # Create
3206 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3207 # Modify
3208 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3209 # Query
3210 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3211 # Report
3212 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3213 @end example
3214
3215 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3216 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3217
3218 @example
3219 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3220 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3221 @end example
3222
3223 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3224
3225 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3226 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3227 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3228 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3229 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3230 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3231 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3232 They are not otherwise documented here.
3233 @end deffn
3234
3235 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3236 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3237 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3238 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3239 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3240 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3241 the target side uses raw memory.
3242
3243 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3244 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3245 The script orientation comes from working with data
3246 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3247 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3248 and neither store nor return those values.
3249
3250 @itemize
3251 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3252 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3253 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3254 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3255 @end itemize
3256 @end deffn
3257
3258 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3259 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3260 @command{$target_name configure}
3261 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3262 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3263 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3264 There are a few special cases:
3265
3266 @itemize @bullet
3267 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3268 event named @var{event_name}.
3269 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3270 two parameters.
3271 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3272 This is a special case because this is set using
3273 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3274 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3275 @end itemize
3276
3277 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3278 all the targets you might use something like this:
3279
3280 @example
3281 foreach name [target names] @{
3282 set y [$name cget -endian]
3283 set z [$name cget -type]
3284 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3285 $x $name $y $z]
3286 @}
3287 @end example
3288 @end deffn
3289
3290 @anchor{target curstate}
3291 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3292 Displays the current target state:
3293 @code{debug-running},
3294 @code{halted},
3295 @code{reset},
3296 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3297 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3298 @end deffn
3299
3300 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3301 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3302 currently associated with this target.
3303 @xref{Target Events}.
3304 @end deffn
3305
3306 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3307 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3308 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3309 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3310 @end deffn
3311
3312 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3313 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3314 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3315 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3316 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3317 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3318 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3319 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3320 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3321 @end deffn
3322
3323 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3324 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3325 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3326 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3327 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3328 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3329 @end deffn
3330
3331 @anchor{Target Events}
3332 @section Target Events
3333 @cindex target events
3334 @cindex events
3335 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3336 For example:
3337 @itemize @bullet
3338 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3339 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3340 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3341 to set up system clocks or
3342 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3343 @end itemize
3344
3345 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3346 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3347 @command{target create ... -event}.
3348
3349 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3350 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3351 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3352
3353 @example
3354 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3355 echo "Reset..."
3356 reset halt
3357 @}
3358 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3359 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3360 echo "Reset..."
3361 reset halt
3362 @}
3363 @end example
3364
3365 The following target events are defined:
3366
3367 @itemize @bullet
3368 @item @b{debug-halted}
3369 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3370 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3371 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3372 @item @b{early-halted}
3373 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3374 @ignore
3375 @item @b{examine-end}
3376 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3377 @item @b{examine-start}
3378 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3379 @end ignore
3380 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3381 @* When GDB connects
3382 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3383 @* When GDB disconnects
3384 @item @b{gdb-end}
3385 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3386 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3387 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3388 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3389 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3390 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3391 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3392 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3393 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3394 @item @b{gdb-start}
3395 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3396 @item @b{halted}
3397 @* The target has halted
3398 @ignore
3399 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3400 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3401 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3402 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3403 @end ignore
3404 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3405 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3406 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3407 but before SRST alone is re-asserted on the tap.
3408 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3409 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3410 when SRST is asserted on the tap.
3411 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3412 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3413 when SRST is about to be released on the tap.
3414 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3415 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3416 when SRST has been released on the tap.
3417 @item @b{reset-end}
3418 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3419 @ignore
3420 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3421 @* Currently not used
3422 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3423 @* Currently not used
3424 @end ignore
3425 @item @b{reset-init}
3426 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3427 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3428
3429 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3430 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3431 multiplexing, and so on.
3432 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3433 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3434 @item @b{reset-start}
3435 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3436 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3437
3438 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3439 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3440 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3441 @ignore
3442 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3443 @* Currently not used
3444 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3445 @* Currently not used
3446 @end ignore
3447 @item @b{resume-start}
3448 @* Before any target is resumed
3449 @item @b{resume-end}
3450 @* After all targets have resumed
3451 @item @b{resume-ok}
3452 @* Success
3453 @item @b{resumed}
3454 @* Target has resumed
3455 @end itemize
3456
3457
3458 @node Flash Commands
3459 @chapter Flash Commands
3460
3461 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3462 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3463 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3464 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3465 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3466 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3467 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3468 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3469 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3470
3471 Flash Steps:
3472 @enumerate
3473 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3474 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3475 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3476 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3477 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3478 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3479 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3480 @item GDB Flashing
3481 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3482 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3483 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3484 @end enumerate
3485
3486 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3487 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3488 so that it can't boot.
3489 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3490 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3491
3492 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3493 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3494 @cindex flash configuration
3495
3496 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3497 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3498 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3499 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3500 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3501 see the driver-specific documentation.
3502
3503 @itemize @bullet
3504 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3505 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3506 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3507 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3508 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3509 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3510 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3511 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3512 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3513 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3514 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3515 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3516 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3517 commands to the flash controller.
3518 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3519 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3520 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3521 for more information.
3522 @end itemize
3523 @quotation Note
3524 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3525 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3526 @end quotation
3527 @end deffn
3528
3529 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3530 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3531 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3532 Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
3533 using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3534 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3535 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3536 @end deffn
3537
3538 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3539 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3540 depends on the flash type.
3541 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3542 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3543 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3544 but most don't bother.
3545 @end deffn
3546
3547 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3548 @cindex flash erasing
3549 @cindex flash reading
3550 @cindex flash writing
3551 @cindex flash programming
3552
3553 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3554 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3555 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3556 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3557 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3558
3559 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3560 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3561 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3562 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3563 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3564
3565 @quotation Note
3566 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3567 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3568 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3569 back to a flash bank.
3570 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3571 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3572 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3573 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3574 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3575 @end quotation
3576
3577 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3578 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3579 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3580 disabled first.
3581 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3582 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3583 @xref{flash protect}.
3584
3585 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3586 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3587 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3588 up to and including @var{last}.
3589 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3590 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3591 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3592 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3593 @end deffn
3594
3595 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3596 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3597 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3598 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3599 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3600 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3601 @end deffn
3602
3603 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3604 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3605 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3606 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3607 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3608 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3609 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3610 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3611 before issuing this command.
3612 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3613 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3614 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3615 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3616 @end deffn
3617 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3618
3619 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3620 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3621 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3622 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3623 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3624 @end deffn
3625
3626 @anchor{flash write_image}
3627 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3628 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3629 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3630 to the base address for each section in the image.
3631 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3632 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3633 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3634 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3635 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3636 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3637 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3638 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3639 each image segment.
3640 @end deffn
3641
3642 @section Other Flash commands
3643 @cindex flash protection
3644
3645 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3646 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3647 and display that status.
3648 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3649 This is the only operation that
3650 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3651 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3652 to get updated information.
3653 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3654 @end deffn
3655
3656 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3657 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3658 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3659 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3660 @end deffn
3661
3662 @anchor{flash protect}
3663 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3664 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3665 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3666 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3667 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3668 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3669 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3670 @end deffn
3671
3672 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3673 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3674 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3675 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3676 @end deffn
3677
3678 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3679 @section Flash Drivers, Options, and Commands
3680 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3681 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3682 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3683
3684 @subsection External Flash
3685
3686 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3687 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3688 @cindex CFI
3689 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3690 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3691 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3692 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3693 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3694 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3695 configure a bus and its timings) , or
3696 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3697 on the flash chip.
3698 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3699 speed up operation.
3700
3701 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3702
3703 @itemize
3704 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3705 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3706 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3707 @end itemize
3708
3709 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3710 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3711
3712 @example
3713 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3714 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3715 @end example
3716 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3717 @end deffn
3718
3719 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3720
3721 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3722 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3723 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3724 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3725 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3726 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3727
3728 @example
3729 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3730 @end example
3731 @end deffn
3732
3733 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3734 @cindex at91sam3
3735 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3736 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3737 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3738 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3739 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3740 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3741 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3742 chips are confirmed.}
3743
3744 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3745 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3746 the following fixed locations:
3747
3748 @example
3749 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3750 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3751 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3752 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3753 @end example
3754
3755 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3756 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3757 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3758
3759 @itemize
3760 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3761 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3762 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3763 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3764 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3765 @end itemize
3766
3767 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3768
3769 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3770 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3771 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3772 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3773 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3774 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3775 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3776
3777 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3778 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3779 @end deffn
3780
3781 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3782 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3783 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3784 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3785 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3786 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3787 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3788 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3789 @end deffn
3790
3791 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3792 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3793 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3794 @end deffn
3795 @end deffn
3796
3797 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3798 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3799 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3800 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3801 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3802
3803 @example
3804 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3805 @end example
3806
3807 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3808 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3809
3810 @itemize
3811 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3812 @item @var{banks}
3813 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3814 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3815 @item @var{pages_size}
3816 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3817 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3818 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3819 @end itemize
3820
3821 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3822 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3823 will be autoconfigured.
3824 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3825
3826 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3827 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3828 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
3829 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
3830 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
3831
3832 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
3833 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
3834 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
3835 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
3836 are not truly general purpose).
3837 @quotation Note
3838 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
3839 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
3840 @end quotation
3841 @end deffn
3842 @end deffn
3843
3844 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
3845 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
3846 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
3847 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
3848 @end deffn
3849
3850 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
3851 @emph{No idea what this is...}
3852 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3853 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
3854 and executed.
3855 @end deffn
3856
3857 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
3858 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
3859 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
3860
3861 @quotation Note
3862 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
3863 driver:
3864 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
3865 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
3866 @end quotation
3867
3868 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
3869 which must appear in the following order:
3870
3871 @itemize
3872 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
3873 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
3874 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
3875 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
3876 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
3877 at which the core is running
3878 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
3879 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
3880 @end itemize
3881
3882 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3883
3884 @example
3885 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
3886 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
3887 @end example
3888
3889 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
3890 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
3891 the specified flash @var{bank}.
3892 @end deffn
3893 @end deffn
3894
3895 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
3896 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
3897 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
3898 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3899 the programming clock rate in Hz.
3900 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3901
3902 @example
3903 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
3904 @end example
3905 @end deffn
3906
3907 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
3908 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
3909 from NXP.
3910
3911 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
3912 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
3913 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
3914 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
3915 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
3916 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
3917 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
3918 you start the PLL.
3919
3920 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
3921
3922 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
3923 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
3924 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
3925
3926 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
3927 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
3928 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
3929 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
3930 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
3931 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
3932 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
3933
3934 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
3935 @example
3936 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
3937 @end example
3938
3939 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
3940 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
3941 @code{flash banks} command.
3942
3943 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
3944 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
3945 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
3946 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
3947 a known signature.
3948 Example:
3949 @example
3950 lpc2900 signature 0
3951 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
3952 @end example
3953 @end deffn
3954
3955 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
3956 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
3957 saves it to a file in binary format.
3958 Example:
3959 @example
3960 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
3961 @end example
3962 @end deffn
3963
3964 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
3965 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
3966 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
3967 command:
3968
3969 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
3970 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
3971 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
3972 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
3973
3974 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
3975 Example:
3976 @example
3977 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
3978 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
3979 @end example
3980 @end deffn
3981
3982 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
3983 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
3984 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
3985 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
3986 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
3987 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
3988 912 bytes.
3989 @quotation Attention
3990 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
3991 @end quotation
3992 Example:
3993 @example
3994 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
3995 @end example
3996 @end deffn
3997
3998 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
3999 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4000 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4001 after the next power cycle.
4002 @quotation Attention
4003 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4004 @end quotation
4005 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4006 Example:
4007 @example
4008 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4009 flash info 0
4010 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4011 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4012 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4013 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4014 @end example
4015 @end deffn
4016
4017 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4018 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4019 effective after the next power cycle.
4020 @quotation Attention
4021 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4022 @end quotation
4023 Examples:
4024 @example
4025 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4026 @end example
4027 @end deffn
4028 @end deffn
4029
4030 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4031 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4032
4033 @example
4034 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4035 @end example
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4039 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4040 and integrate flash memory.
4041 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4042
4043 @example
4044 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4045 @end example
4046
4047 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4048 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4049 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4050 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4051 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4052 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4053 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4054 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4055 @end deffn
4056 @end deffn
4057
4058 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4059 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4060 Texas Instruments
4061 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4062 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4063 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4064 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4065 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4066 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4067
4068 @example
4069 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4070 @end example
4071 @end deffn
4072
4073 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4074 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4075 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4076 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4077 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4078
4079 @example
4080 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4081 @end example
4082
4083 Some stm32x-specific commands
4084 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4085 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4086 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4087 are defined:
4088
4089 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4090 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4091 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4092 @end deffn
4093
4094 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4095 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4096 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4097 @end deffn
4098
4099 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4100 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4101 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4102 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4106 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4107 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4108 @end deffn
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4112 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4113 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4114 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4115 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4116
4117 @example
4118 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4119 @end example
4120
4121 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4122 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4123 for the specified flash bank.
4124 @end deffn
4125 @end deffn
4126
4127 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4128 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4129 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4130 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4131 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4132
4133 @example
4134 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4135 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4136 @end example
4137
4138 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4139 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4140 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4141
4142 @itemize @bullet
4143 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4144 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4145 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4146 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4147 @end itemize
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @end deffn
4151
4152 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4153 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4154 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4155 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4156
4157 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4158
4159 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4160 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4164 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4165 @end deffn
4166
4167 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4168 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4169 the flash clock.
4170 @end deffn
4171 @end deffn
4172
4173 @subsection str9xpec driver
4174 @cindex str9xpec
4175
4176 Here is some background info to help
4177 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4178 the str9:
4179 @enumerate
4180 @item
4181 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4182 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4183 @item
4184 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4185 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4186 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4187 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4188 @end enumerate
4189
4190 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4191 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4192 configured for flash bank 0.
4193 @example
4194 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4195 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4196 jtag_reset 0 1
4197 # turn off target polling
4198 poll off
4199 # disable str9 core
4200 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4201 # read option bytes
4202 str9xpec options_read 0
4203 # re-enable str9 core
4204 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4205 poll on
4206 reset halt
4207 @end example
4208 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4209 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4210 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4211 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4212
4213 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4214 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4215 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4216 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4217 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4218
4219 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4220
4221 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4222 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4223 @end deffn
4224
4225 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4226 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4227 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4228 @end deffn
4229
4230 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4231 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4232 erase the device.
4233 @end deffn
4234
4235 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4236 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4237 @end deffn
4238
4239 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4240 Configure str9 boot bank.
4241 @end deffn
4242
4243 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4244 Configure str9 lvd source.
4245 @end deffn
4246
4247 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4248 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4249 @end deffn
4250
4251 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4252 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4256 Read str9 option bytes.
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4260 Write str9 option bytes.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4264 unlock str9 device.
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @end deffn
4268
4269
4270 @section mFlash
4271
4272 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4273 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4274
4275 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4276 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4277 address @var{base}.
4278 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4279 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4280
4281 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4282
4283 @example
4284 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4285 @end example
4286
4287 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4288
4289 @example
4290 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4291 @end example
4292 @end deffn
4293
4294 @subsection mFlash commands
4295 @cindex mFlash commands
4296
4297 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4298 Configure mflash PLL.
4299 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4300 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4301 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4302 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4303 @end deffn
4304
4305 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4306 Configure bootable option.
4307 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4308 (4kB) for boot.
4309 @end deffn
4310
4311 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4312 Configure storage information.
4313 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4314 written.
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4318 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4319 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4323 Probe mflash.
4324 @end deffn
4325
4326 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4327 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4328 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4329 @end deffn
4330
4331 @node NAND Flash Commands
4332 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4333 @cindex NAND
4334
4335 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4336 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4337 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4338
4339 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4340 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4341 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4342 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4343 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4344 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4345
4346 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4347 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4348 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4349 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4350 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4351 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4352 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4353 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4354 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4355 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4356
4357 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4358 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4359 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4360 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4361 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4362 every 512 bytes of data.
4363
4364 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4365 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4366 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4367 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4368 ECC mode is used.
4369
4370 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4371 @enumerate
4372 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4373 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4374 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4375 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4376 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4377 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4378 to access that device.
4379 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4380 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4381 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4382 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4383 de-brick a board.
4384 @end enumerate
4385
4386 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4387 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4388 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4389 are only 32 bits wide.
4390 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4391 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4392 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4393 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4394
4395 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4396 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4397 @cindex NAND configuration
4398
4399 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4400 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4401 OpenOCD has initialized.
4402
4403 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} controller target [configparams...]
4404 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4405 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4406 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4407 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4408 they were a single (larger) device.
4409 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4410 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4411
4412 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4413 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4414 configuration files, not interactively.
4415
4416 @itemize @bullet
4417 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4418 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4419 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4420 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4421 commands to the NAND controller.
4422 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4423 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4424 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4425 for more information.
4426 @end itemize
4427 @end deffn
4428
4429 @deffn Command {nand list}
4430 Prints a summary of each device declared
4431 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4432 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4433 @example
4434 > nand list
4435 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4436 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4437 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4438 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4439 >
4440 @end example
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4444 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4445 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4446 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4447 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4448 it with most other NAND commands.
4449 @end deffn
4450
4451 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4452
4453 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4454 @cindex NAND reading
4455 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4456 starting at the specified offset.
4457 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4458
4459 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4460 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4461
4462 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4463 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4464 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4465
4466 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4467 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4468 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4469 method which handled that error correction.
4470
4471 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4472 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4473 @itemize @bullet
4474 @item no oob_* parameter
4475 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4476 @item @code{oob_raw}
4477 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4478 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4479 spare areas associated with each data page.
4480 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4481 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4482 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4483 @item @code{oob_only}
4484 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4485 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4486 spare areas associated with each data page.
4487 @end itemize
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4491 @cindex NAND erasing
4492 @cindex NAND programming
4493 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4494 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4495 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4496 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4497 If those parameters are not specified,
4498 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4499 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4500
4501 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4502 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4503 block marker.
4504 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4505 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4506 @end deffn
4507
4508 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4509 @cindex NAND writing
4510 @cindex NAND programming
4511 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4512 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4513 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4514 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4515
4516 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4517 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4518
4519 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4520 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4521 past the end of the device.
4522 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4523 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4524 if that's being written.)
4525
4526 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4527 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4528 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4529
4530 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4531 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4532 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4533 @itemize @bullet
4534 @item no oob_* parameter
4535 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4536 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4537 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4538 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4539 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4540 @item @code{oob_only}
4541 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4542 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4543 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4544 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4545 @item @code{oob_raw}
4546 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4547 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4548 un-altered OOB.
4549 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4550 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4551 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4552 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4553 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4554 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4555 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4556 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4557 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4558 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4559 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4560 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4561 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4562 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4563 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4564 @end itemize
4565 @end deffn
4566
4567 @section Other NAND commands
4568 @cindex NAND other commands
4569
4570 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4571 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4572 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4573 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4574 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4575 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4576 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4577 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4578
4579 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4580 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4581 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4585 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4586 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4587 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4588 status for each block.
4589 @end deffn
4590
4591 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4592 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4593 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4594
4595 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4596 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4597 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4598 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4599 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4600
4601 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4602 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4603 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4604 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4605 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4606 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4607 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4611 @section NAND Drivers, Options, and Commands
4612 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4613 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4614 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4615
4616 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4617 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4618 chips from Texas Instruments.
4619 It takes three extra parameters:
4620 address of the NAND chip;
4621 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4622 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4623 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4624 @example
4625 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4626 @end example
4627 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4628 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4629 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4630 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4631 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4635 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4636 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4637 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4638 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4639 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4640 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4644 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4645 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4646 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4647 @end deffn
4648 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4649
4650 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4651 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4652 parameter: the address of the controller.
4653 @example
4654 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4655 @end example
4656 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4657 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4658 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4659 change any behavior.
4660 @end deffn
4661
4662 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4663 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4664 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4665 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4666 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4667 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4668 specialized commands.
4669 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4670 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4671 change any behavior.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4675 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4676 @cindex PLD
4677 @cindex FPGA
4678
4679 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4680 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4681 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4682 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4683 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4684 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4685 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4686
4687 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4688
4689 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4690 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4691 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4692
4693 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4694 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4695
4696 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4697 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4698 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4699 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4700 behavior.
4701 @end deffn
4702
4703 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4704 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4705 @end deffn
4706
4707 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4708 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4709 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4713
4714 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4715 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4716 that particular type of PLD.
4717
4718 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4719 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4720 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4721 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4722 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4723
4724 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4725 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4726 for FPGA @var{num}.
4727 @end deffn
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730 @node General Commands
4731 @chapter General Commands
4732 @cindex commands
4733
4734 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4735 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4736 commands are documented elsewhere.
4737
4738 Intent:
4739 @itemize @bullet
4740 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4741 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4742 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4743 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4744
4745 @item @b{From the human}
4746 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4747 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4748
4749 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4750 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4751 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4752
4753 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4754 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4755 port is 5555.
4756 @end itemize
4757
4758
4759 @section Daemon Commands
4760
4761 @deffn {Command} exit
4762 Exits the current telnet session.
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4766 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4767 @c coded in startup.tcl
4768 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4769 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4770 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4771 Not every command provides helptext.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4775 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4776 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4777 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4778 Useful in connection with script files
4779 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4780 @end deffn
4781
4782 @deffn Command shutdown
4783 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @anchor{debug_level}
4787 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4788 @cindex message level
4789 Display debug level.
4790 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4791 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4792 Level 0 is error messages only;
4793 level 1 adds warnings;
4794 level 2 adds informational messages;
4795 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4796 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4797 the command line along with the location of that log
4798 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4799 @xref{Running}.
4800 @end deffn
4801
4802 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4803 Default disabled.
4804 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
4805
4806 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
4807 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
4808 individually overridden.
4809
4810 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
4811 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
4812 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
4813
4814 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
4815
4816 @example
4817 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
4818 @end example
4819 @end deffn
4820
4821 @deffn Command echo message
4822 Logs a message at "user" priority.
4823 Output @var{message} to stdout.
4824 @example
4825 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
4826 @end example
4827 @end deffn
4828
4829 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
4830 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
4831 the initial log output channel is stderr.
4832 @end deffn
4833
4834 @anchor{Target State handling}
4835 @section Target State handling
4836 @cindex reset
4837 @cindex halt
4838 @cindex target initialization
4839
4840 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
4841 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
4842 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
4843 a current target which is used to perform the
4844 various operations. The current target may be changed
4845 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
4846 target which should become current.
4847
4848 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
4849 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
4850
4851 @emph{With no arguments}:
4852 list all available registers for the current target,
4853 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
4854
4855 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
4856
4857 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
4858
4859 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
4860 Debug and trace infrastructure:
4861
4862 @example
4863 > reg
4864 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty: 1, valid: 1)
4865 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4866 (2) r2 (/32): 0x00022551 (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4867 ...
4868 (164) ETM_CONTEXTID_COMPARATOR_MASK (/32): \
4869 0x00000000 (dirty: 0, valid: 0)
4870 >
4871 @end example
4872 @end deffn
4873
4874 @deffn Command halt [ms]
4875 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
4876 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
4877 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
4878 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
4879 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
4880 (and enter debug mode).
4881 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
4882
4883 @quotation Warning
4884 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
4885 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
4886 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
4887 power mode by gating the core clock;
4888 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
4889
4890 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
4891 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
4892 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
4893 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
4894 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
4895 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
4896
4897 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
4898 work with a JTAG debugger.
4899 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
4900 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
4901 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
4902 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
4903 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
4904 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
4905 @end quotation
4906
4907 @end deffn
4908
4909 @deffn Command resume [address]
4910 Resume the target at its current code position,
4911 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
4912 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
4913 @end deffn
4914
4915 @deffn Command step [address]
4916 Single-step the target at its current code position,
4917 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
4918 @end deffn
4919
4920 @anchor{Reset Command}
4921 @deffn Command reset
4922 @deffnx Command {reset run}
4923 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
4924 @deffnx Command {reset init}
4925 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
4926 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
4927 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
4928
4929 The optional parameter specifies what should
4930 happen after the reset.
4931 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
4932 The other options will not work on all systems.
4933 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
4934
4935 @itemize @minus
4936 @item @b{run} Let the target run
4937 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
4938 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
4939 @end itemize
4940 @end deffn
4941
4942 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
4943 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
4944 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
4945 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
4946 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
4947 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
4948 state.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @section I/O Utilities
4952
4953 These commands are available when
4954 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
4955 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
4956 notably the ZY1000.
4957 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
4958
4959 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
4960
4961 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
4962 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
4963 the text file @file{filename}.
4964 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
4965 The last string is followed by a newline.
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @deffn Command cat filename
4969 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
4970 @end deffn
4971
4972 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
4973 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
4974 into @file{dest_filename}.
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn Command ip
4978 @emph{No description provided.}
4979 @end deffn
4980
4981 @deffn Command ls
4982 @emph{No description provided.}
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @deffn Command mac
4986 @emph{No description provided.}
4987 @end deffn
4988
4989 @deffn Command meminfo
4990 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
4991 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @deffn Command peek
4995 @emph{No description provided.}
4996 @end deffn
4997
4998 @deffn Command poke
4999 @emph{No description provided.}
5000 @end deffn
5001
5002 @deffn Command rm filename
5003 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5004 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5005 @end deffn
5006
5007 @deffn Command trunc filename
5008 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5009 @end deffn
5010
5011 @anchor{Memory access}
5012 @section Memory access commands
5013 @cindex memory access
5014
5015 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5016 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5017 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5018 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5019
5020 @enumerate
5021 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5022 to change the current target.
5023 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5024 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5025 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5026 @end enumerate
5027
5028 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5029 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5030 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5031 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5032 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5033 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5034 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5035 @var{phys} is an optional flag to indicate to use
5036 physical address and bypass MMU
5037 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5038 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5039 @end deffn
5040
5041 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5042 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5043 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5044 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5045 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
5046 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5047 @var{phys} is an optional flag to indicate to use
5048 physical address and bypass MMU
5049 @end deffn
5050
5051
5052 @anchor{Image access}
5053 @section Image loading commands
5054 @cindex image loading
5055 @cindex image dumping
5056
5057 @anchor{dump_image}
5058 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5059 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5060 binary file named @var{filename}.
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5064 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5065 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5069 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5070 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5071 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5072 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5073 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5074 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5075 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5076 separately.
5077 @end deffn
5078
5079 @anchor{load_image}
5080 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5081 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5082 The file format may optionally be specified
5083 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5084 @end deffn
5085
5086 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5087 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5088 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5089 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5090 The file format may optionally be specified
5091 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5092 @end deffn
5093
5094 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5095 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5096 The file format may optionally be specified
5097 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5098 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5099 @end deffn
5100
5101
5102 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5103 @cindex breakpoint
5104 @cindex watchpoint
5105
5106 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5107 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5108 watchpoints.
5109 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5110
5111 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5112 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5113 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5114 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5115 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5116 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5117
5118 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5119 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5120 @end deffn
5121
5122 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5123 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5127 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5131 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5132 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5133 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5134 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5135 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5136 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5137 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5138 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141 @section Misc Commands
5142
5143 @cindex profiling
5144 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5145 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5146 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5147 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 @deffn Command {version}
5151 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5152 @end deffn
5153
5154 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5155 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5156 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5160 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5161 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5162 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5163
5164 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5165 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5166 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5167 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5168
5169 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5170 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5171 @cindex tracing
5172 @cindex ETM
5173 @cindex ETB
5174
5175 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5176 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5177 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5178
5179 @itemize
5180 @item
5181 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5182 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5183 supports such an interface.
5184 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5185 and trace port support.)
5186 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5187 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5188 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5189 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5190 in the board-specific configuration file.
5191 @item
5192 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5193 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5194 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5195 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5196 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5197 @end itemize
5198
5199 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5200
5201 @quotation Issues
5202 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5203 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5204
5205 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5206 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5207 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5208 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5209 dummy trace port driver}.
5210
5211 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5212 as well as tracing only during specific states
5213 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5214
5215 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5216 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5217 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5218 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5219 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5220
5221 At this writing (September 2009) only ARM7 and ARM9 support
5222 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5223 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5224 this original style of JTAG access.
5225 @end quotation
5226
5227 @subsection ETM Configuration
5228 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5229
5230 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5231 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5232 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5233
5234 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5235 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5236 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5237 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5238 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16.
5239 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexted},
5240 or @option{demultiplexted}.
5241 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5242
5243 @quotation Note
5244 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5245 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5246 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5247 what CPU activities are traced.
5248 @end quotation
5249 @end deffn
5250
5251 @deffn Command {etm info}
5252 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5253 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5254 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5255 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5256 @end deffn
5257
5258 @deffn Command {etm status}
5259 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5260 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5261 Did trace data overflow?
5262 Was it triggered?
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5266 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5267 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5268 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5269 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5270
5271 @itemize
5272 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5273 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5274 The value is one of
5275 @option{none} (save nothing),
5276 @option{data} (save data),
5277 @option{address} (save addresses),
5278 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5279 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5280 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5281 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5282 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5283 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5284 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5285 trace stream without an image of the code.
5286 @end itemize
5287 @end deffn
5288
5289 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5290 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5291 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5292 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5293 trace trigger becomes active.
5294
5295 @itemize
5296 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5297 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5298 afterwards.
5299 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5300 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5301 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5302 what caused that event to happen.
5303 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5304 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5305 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5306 how the event caused trouble.
5307 @end itemize
5308 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5312
5313 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5314 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5315 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5316
5317 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5318 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5319 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5320 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5321 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5322 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5323 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5324
5325 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5326
5327 @itemize
5328 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5329 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5330 for instruction access within that function's body.
5331 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5332 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5333 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5334 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5335 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5336 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5337 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5338 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5339 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5340 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5341 @item @emph{... more}
5342 @end itemize
5343
5344 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5345 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5346
5347 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5348 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5349 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5353 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5354 @end deffn
5355
5356 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5357 Opens an image file.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5361 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5362 @end deffn
5363
5364 @deffn Command {etm start}
5365 Starts trace data collection.
5366 @end deffn
5367
5368 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5369 Stops trace data collection.
5370 @end deffn
5371
5372 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5373 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5374
5375 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5376
5377 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5378 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5379 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5380 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5381 any trace data collection.}
5382 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5383 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5384 @end deffn
5385 @end deffn
5386
5387 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5388 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5389 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5390 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5391 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5392 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5393 @end deffn
5394 @end deffn
5395
5396 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5397 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5398 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5399 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5400 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5401
5402 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5403 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5404
5405 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5406 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5407 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5411 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5412 @end deffn
5413
5414 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5415 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5416 @end deffn
5417 @end deffn
5418
5419
5420 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5421 @cindex ARMv4
5422 @cindex ARMv5
5423
5424 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v4 and v5,
5425 including all ARM7 or ARM9 systems and Intel XScale.
5426 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5427 commands that may be available.
5428
5429 @deffn Command {armv4_5 core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5430 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5431 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5432 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5433 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5434 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5435 @end deffn
5436
5437 @deffn Command {armv4_5 disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5438 @cindex disassemble
5439 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5440 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5441 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5442 Thumb (16-bit) instructions are used;
5443 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5444 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5445 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {armv4_5 reg}
5449 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5450 core mode if necessary. OpenOCD versions before rev. 60 didn't fetch the current
5451 register value.
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5455 @cindex ARM7
5456 @cindex ARM9
5457
5458 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5459 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5460 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 commands,
5461 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5462
5463 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5464 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5465 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5466 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5467 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5468 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5469 @end deffn
5470
5471 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5472 @cindex DCC
5473 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5474 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5475 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5476 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5480 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5481 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5482 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5483 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5484 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_core_reg} num mode word
5488 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5489 shouldn't use it.}
5490
5491 Writes a 32-bit @var{word} to register @var{num} (from 0 to 16)
5492 as used in the specified @var{mode}
5493 (where e.g. mode 16 is "user" and mode 19 is "supervisor";
5494 the M4..M0 bits of the PSR).
5495 Registers 0..15 are the normal CPU registers such as r0(0), r1(1) ... pc(15).
5496 Register 16 is the mode-specific SPSR,
5497 unless the specified mode is 0xffffffff (32-bit all-ones)
5498 in which case register 16 is the CPSR.
5499 The write goes directly to the CPU, bypassing the register cache.
5500 @end deffn
5501
5502 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr} word (@option{0}|@option{1})
5503 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5504 shouldn't use it.}
5505
5506 If the second parameter is zero, writes @var{word} to the
5507 Current Program Status register (CPSR).
5508 Else writes @var{word} to the current mode's Saved PSR (SPSR).
5509 In both cases, this bypasses the register cache.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} byte rotate (@option{0}|@option{1})
5513 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5514 shouldn't use it.}
5515
5516 Writes eight bits to the CPSR or SPSR,
5517 first rotating them by @math{2*rotate} bits,
5518 and bypassing the register cache.
5519 This has lower JTAG overhead than writing the entire CPSR or SPSR
5520 with @command{arm7_9 write_xpsr}.
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5524 @cindex ARM720T
5525
5526 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5527 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5528 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5529 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5530
5531 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5532 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5533 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5534 @end deffn
5535
5536 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5537 @cindex ARM9
5538
5539 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5540 integer processors.
5541 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5542
5543 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5544 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5545 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5546 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5547
5548 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5549 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5550 @cindex vector_catch
5551 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5552 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5553 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5554 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5555 to those hardware vectors.
5556
5557 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5558 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5559 vector catch hardware to intercept
5560 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5561 @option{none} of them,
5562 or a list with one or more of the following:
5563 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5564 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5565 @end deffn
5566
5567 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5568 @cindex ARM920T
5569
5570 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5571 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5572 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5573 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5574 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5575
5576 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5577 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5578 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5582 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5583 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5587 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5588 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5589 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5590 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5594 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5595 @end deffn
5596
5597 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5598 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5599 @end deffn
5600
5601 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5602 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5603
5604 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5605 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5606 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5607 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5608 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5609
5610 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5611 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5612
5613 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5614 Print information about the caches found.
5615 @end deffn
5616
5617 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cp15} opcode1 opcode2 CRn CRm regnum [value]
5618 Accesses cp15 register @var{regnum} using
5619 @var{opcode1}, @var{opcode2}, @var{CRn}, and @var{CRm}.
5620 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5621 Else that register is read and displayed.
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5625 @cindex ARM966E
5626
5627 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5628 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5629 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5630 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5631
5632 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5633 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5634 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5635 @end deffn
5636
5637 @subsection XScale specific commands
5638 @cindex XScale
5639
5640 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5641
5642 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5643 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5644 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5645 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5646 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5647 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5648 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5649
5650 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5651 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5652 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5653 vector_table} command.
5654
5655 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5656 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5657 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5658 code layout in memory:
5659 @example
5660 _vectors:
5661 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5662 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5663 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5664 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5665 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5666 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5667 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5668 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5669 .org 0x100
5670 .long real_reset_vector
5671 .long real_ui_handler
5672 .long real_swi_handler
5673 .long real_pf_abort
5674 .long real_data_abort
5675 .long 0 /* unused */
5676 .long real_irq_handler
5677 .long real_fiq_handler
5678 @end example
5679
5680 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5681 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5682 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5683 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5684
5685
5686 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5687 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5688
5689 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5690 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5691 @end deffn
5692
5693 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5694 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5698 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5699 @end deffn
5700
5701 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5702 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5703 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5707 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5711 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5712 @end deffn
5713
5714 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5715 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5719 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5723 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5727 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5728 and controls how it is emptied.
5729 @end deffn
5730
5731 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5732 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5733 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5734 The image @var{type} may be one of
5735 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5736 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5737 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5738 @end deffn
5739
5740 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5741 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5742 @cindex vector_catch
5743 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5744 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5745
5746 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5747 @example
5748 0x01 Trap Reset
5749 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5750 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5751 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5752 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5753 0x20 reserved
5754 0x40 Trap IRQ
5755 0x80 Trap FIQ
5756 @end example
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5760 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5761 @cindex vector_table
5762
5763 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5764 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5765 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5766 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5767 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5768
5769 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5770
5771 @end deffn
5772
5773 @section ARMv6 Architecture
5774 @cindex ARMv6
5775
5776 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
5777 @cindex ARM11
5778
5779 @deffn Command {arm11 mcr} pX opc1 CRn CRm opc2 value
5780 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5781 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5782 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5783 and the MCR instruction.
5784 (The difference beween this and the MCR2 instruction is
5785 one bit in the encoding, effecively a fifth parameter.)
5786 @end deffn
5787
5788 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
5789 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
5790 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
5791 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
5792 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
5793 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
5794 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
5795 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5796 @end deffn
5797
5798 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
5799 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
5800 which is enabled by default.
5801 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5802 @end deffn
5803
5804 @deffn Command {arm11 mrc} pX opc1 CRn CRm opc2
5805 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5806 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5807 and the MRC instruction.
5808 (The difference beween this and the MRC2 instruction is
5809 one bit in the encoding, effecively a fifth parameter.)
5810 Displays the result.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
5814 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
5815 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
5816 they are disabled by default.
5817 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5818 @end deffn
5819
5820 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
5821 @cindex vector_catch
5822 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
5823 coprocessor 14 register 7.
5824 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5825
5826 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5827 for certain hardware events.
5828 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
5829 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
5830 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @section ARMv7 Architecture
5834 @cindex ARMv7
5835
5836 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
5837 @cindex Debug Access Port
5838 @cindex DAP
5839 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
5840 included on cortex-m3 and cortex-a8 systems.
5841 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
5842
5843 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
5844 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5845 @end deffn
5846
5847 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
5848 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
5849 @end deffn
5850
5851 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
5852 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
5853 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5854 @end deffn
5855
5856 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
5857 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
5858 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5859 @end deffn
5860
5861 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
5862 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
5863 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5864 @end deffn
5865
5866 @subsection ARMv7-A specific commands
5867 @cindex ARMv7-A
5868
5869 @deffn Command {armv7a disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5870 @cindex disassemble
5871 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5872 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5873 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5874 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5875 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5876 With a handful of exceptions, ThumbEE instructions are the same as Thumb2;
5877 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5878 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5879 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5880 @end deffn
5881
5882
5883 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
5884 @cindex Cortex-M3
5885
5886 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
5887 @cindex disassemble
5888 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
5889 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
5893 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
5894 @end deffn
5895
5896 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5897 @cindex vector_catch
5898 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5899 for certain hardware events.
5900
5901 Parameters request interception of
5902 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
5903 @option{none} of them,
5904 or one or more of the following:
5905 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
5906 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
5907 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
5908 @option{irq_err},
5909 @option{state_err},
5910 @option{chk_err}, or
5911 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
5912 @option{reset}.
5913 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
5914 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
5915 are mapped to HardFault.
5916 UsageFault checks for
5917 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
5918 must also be explicitly enabled.
5919
5920 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
5921 @end deffn
5922
5923 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
5924 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
5925 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
5926 @cindex tracing
5927 @cindex libdcc
5928 @cindex DCC
5929 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software. Currently
5930 @command{target_request debugmsgs}
5931 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
5932 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
5933 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
5934 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
5935 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
5936
5937 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
5938 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
5939 arrays of various size integers from the target,
5940 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
5941 The target being debugged may
5942 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
5943 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
5944 each supported by a command:
5945
5946 @itemize
5947 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
5948 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
5949 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
5950 finding out how some fault was triggered.
5951
5952 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
5953 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
5954 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
5955
5956 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
5957 and then displayed at any time.
5958 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
5959
5960 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
5961 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
5962 @end itemize
5963
5964 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
5965 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
5966 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
5967 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
5968 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
5969 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
5970 does the same thing.
5971
5972 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
5973 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
5974 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
5975 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
5976 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
5977
5978 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
5979 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
5980 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
5984 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
5985 in the order they triggered.
5986 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
5987 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
5988 history records.
5989 @end deffn
5990
5991 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
5992 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
5993 they have been triggered.
5994 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
5995 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
5996 and associates it with that identifier.
5997
5998 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
5999 are not related except by this command.
6000 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6001 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6002 @end deffn
6003
6004
6005 @node JTAG Commands
6006 @chapter JTAG Commands
6007 @cindex JTAG Commands
6008 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6009 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6010 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6011 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6012 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6013
6014 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6015 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6016
6017 @itemize @bullet
6018 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6019 devices such as a CPUs.
6020 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6021 standard state machine (in parallel)
6022 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6023 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6024 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6025 while the reading previous ones.
6026 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6027 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6028 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6029 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6030 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6031 registers.
6032 @end itemize
6033
6034 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6035
6036 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6037 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6038 the order of TAP state transitions.
6039 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6040 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6041 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6042
6043 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6044 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6045 that specify the entire register.
6046 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6047 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6048 The return value holds the original value of each
6049 of those fields.
6050
6051 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6052 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6053 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6054 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6055 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6056
6057 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6058 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6059
6060 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6061 in that state.
6062 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6063 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6064 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6065
6066 @quotation Warning
6067 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6068 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6069 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6070 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6071 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6072 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6073 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6074 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6075 @end quotation
6076 @end deffn
6077
6078 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6079 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6080 This may be used for performance tuning.
6081
6082 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6083 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6084 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6085 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6086 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6087 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6088 @end deffn
6089
6090 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6091 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6092 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6093 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6094 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6095 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6096
6097 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6098 in that state.
6099 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6100 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6101 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6102
6103 @quotation Note
6104 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6105 register values, unlike data register values.
6106 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6107 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6108 @end quotation
6109 @end deffn
6110
6111 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6112 Set values of reset signals.
6113 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6114 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6115 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6116 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6117 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6118 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6119 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6120
6121 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6122 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6123 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6124 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6125 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6126 instead of the TRST signal.
6127 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6128 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6129 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6130 with handlers for that event.
6131 @end deffn
6132
6133 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6134 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6135 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6136 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6137 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6138 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6139 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6140 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6141 The final state must also be stable.
6142 @end deffn
6143
6144 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6145 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6146 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6147 Instructions often need some time
6148 to execute before they take effect.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6152 @c ... temporary, debug-only, probably gone before 0.2 ships
6153
6154 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6155 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6156 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6157 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6161 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6162 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6163 must also be enabled.
6164 Default is enabled.
6165 @end deffn
6166
6167 @section TAP state names
6168 @cindex TAP state names
6169
6170 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6171 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6172 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6173 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6174
6175 @itemize @bullet
6176 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6177 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6178 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6179 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6180 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6181 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6182 through the data register
6183 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6184 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6185 for update or more shifting
6186 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6187 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6188 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6189 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6190 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6191 through the instruction register
6192 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6193 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6194 for update or more shifting
6195 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6196 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6197 @end itemize
6198
6199 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6200 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6201 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6202 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6203
6204 @itemize @bullet
6205 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6206 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6207 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6208 may not be as expected.
6209 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6210 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6211 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6212 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6213 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6214 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6215 @end itemize
6216
6217 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6218 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6219
6220 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6221 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6222 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6223 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6224
6225 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6226 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6227 @cindex SVF
6228
6229 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6230 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6231 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6232
6233 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6234 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6235 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6236 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6237 each command is logged before it is executed.
6238 @end deffn
6239
6240 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6241 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6242 @cindex XSVF
6243
6244 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6245 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6246 Xilinx devices.
6247 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6248
6249 @quotation Important
6250 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6251 @end quotation
6252
6253 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6254 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6255 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6256 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6257 that TAP.
6258 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6259 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6260 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6261 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6262 @end deffn
6263
6264 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6265 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6266 after building the software.
6267 You may find them useful:
6268
6269 @itemize
6270 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6271 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6272 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6273 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6274 @end itemize
6275
6276 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6277 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6278 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6279 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6280 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6281 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6282 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6283
6284
6285 @node TFTP
6286 @chapter TFTP
6287 @cindex TFTP
6288 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6289 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6290
6291 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6292 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6293 server (tftpd). For example,
6294
6295 @example
6296 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6297 @end example
6298
6299 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6300 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6301
6302 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6303 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6304 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6305 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6306
6307 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6308 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6309 @cindex GDB
6310 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6311 to debug remote targets.
6312
6313 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6314 @section Connecting to GDB
6315 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6316 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6317 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6318 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6319 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6320
6321 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6322
6323 @enumerate
6324 @item
6325 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6326 @example
6327 target remote localhost:3333
6328 @end example
6329 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6330 @item
6331 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6332 @example
6333 target remote | openocd --pipe
6334 @end example
6335 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6336 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6337 session.
6338 @end enumerate
6339
6340 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6341 GDB command line.
6342
6343 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6344 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6345 packet size and the device's memory map.
6346
6347 Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
6348 the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
6349 @example
6350 set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
6351 set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
6352 set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
6353 set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
6354 @end example
6355 This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
6356
6357 @section Programming using GDB
6358 @cindex Programming using GDB
6359
6360 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6361 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6362 @example
6363 gdb_memory_map disable
6364 @end example
6365 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6366 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6367 working area.
6368
6369 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6370 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6371 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6372 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6373
6374 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6375 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6376
6377 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6378 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6379 @example
6380 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6381 @end example
6382
6383 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6384 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6385
6386 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6387 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6388 will be used.
6389
6390 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6391 script can be executed:
6392 @example
6393 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6394 @end example
6395
6396 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6397 can be used.
6398
6399 @node Tcl Scripting API
6400 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6401 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6402 @cindex Tcl scripts
6403 @section API rules
6404
6405 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6406 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6407 information as an argument to each proc.
6408
6409 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6410 pair list and lists.
6411
6412 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6413 list.
6414
6415 @verbatim
6416
6417 > set foo(me) Duane
6418 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6419 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6420 > set foo(duck) Donald
6421
6422 If one does this:
6423
6424 > set foo
6425
6426 The result is:
6427
6428 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6429
6430 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6431
6432 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6433 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6434 }
6435 @end verbatim
6436
6437 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6438 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6439
6440 @section Internal low-level Commands
6441
6442 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6443
6444 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6445 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6446 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6447
6448 @itemize @bullet
6449 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6450
6451 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6452 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6453
6454 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6455 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6456
6457 Return information about the flash banks
6458 @end itemize
6459
6460 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6461 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6462 called "flash_banks".
6463
6464 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6465
6466 @subsection HostOS
6467
6468 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6469 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $HostOS which
6470 holds one of the following values:
6471
6472 @itemize @bullet
6473 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6474 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6475 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6476 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6477 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6478 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6479 @end itemize
6480
6481 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6482
6483 @quotation Note
6484 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6485 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6486 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6487 is jim, not real tcl).
6488 @end quotation
6489
6490 @node Upgrading
6491 @chapter Deprecated/Removed Commands
6492 @cindex Deprecated/Removed Commands
6493 Certain OpenOCD commands have been deprecated or
6494 removed during the various revisions.
6495
6496 Upgrade your scripts as soon as possible.
6497 These descriptions for old commands may be removed
6498 a year after the command itself was removed.
6499 This means that in January 2010 this chapter may
6500 become much shorter.
6501
6502 @itemize @bullet
6503 @item @b{arm7_9 fast_writes}
6504 @cindex arm7_9 fast_writes
6505 @*Use @command{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} instead.
6506 @xref{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}.
6507 @item @b{endstate}
6508 @cindex endstate
6509 @*An buggy old command that would not really work since background polling would wipe out the global endstate
6510 @item @b{arm7_9 force_hw_bkpts}
6511 @*Use @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} instead. Note that GDB will use hardware breakpoints
6512 for flash if the GDB memory map has been set up(default when flash is declared in
6513 target configuration). @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6514 @item @b{arm7_9 sw_bkpts}
6515 @*On by default. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6516 @item @b{daemon_startup}
6517 @*this config option has been removed, simply adding @option{init} and @option{reset halt} to
6518 the end of your config script will give the same behaviour as using @option{daemon_startup reset}
6519 and @option{target cortex_m3 little reset_halt 0}.
6520 @item @b{dump_binary}
6521 @*use @option{dump_image} command with same args. @xref{dump_image}.
6522 @item @b{flash erase}
6523 @*use @option{flash erase_sector} command with same args. @xref{flash erase_sector}.
6524 @item @b{flash write}
6525 @*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
6526 @item @b{flash write_binary}
6527 @*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
6528 @item @b{flash auto_erase}
6529 @*use @option{flash write_image} command passing @option{erase} as the first parameter. @xref{flash write_image}.
6530
6531 @item @b{jtag_device}
6532 @*use the @command{jtag newtap} command, converting from positional syntax
6533 to named prefixes, and naming the TAP.
6534 @xref{jtag newtap}.
6535 Note that if you try to use the old command, a message will tell you the
6536 right new command to use; and that the fourth parameter in the old syntax
6537 was never actually used.
6538 @example
6539 OLD: jtag_device 8 0x01 0xe3 0xfe
6540 NEW: jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME \
6541 -irlen 8 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0xe3
6542 @end example
6543
6544 @item @b{jtag_speed} value
6545 @*@xref{JTAG Speed}.
6546 Usually, a value of zero means maximum
6547 speed. The actual effect of this option depends on the JTAG interface used.
6548 @itemize @minus
6549 @item wiggler: maximum speed / @var{number}
6550 @item ft2232: 6MHz / (@var{number}+1)
6551 @item amt jtagaccel: 8 / 2**@var{number}
6552 @item jlink: maximum speed in kHz (0-12000), 0 will use RTCK
6553 @item rlink: 24MHz / @var{number}, but only for certain values of @var{number}
6554 @comment end speed list.
6555 @end itemize
6556
6557 @item @b{load_binary}
6558 @*use @option{load_image} command with same args. @xref{load_image}.
6559 @item @b{run_and_halt_time}
6560 @*This command has been removed for simpler reset behaviour, it can be simulated with the
6561 following commands:
6562 @smallexample
6563 reset run
6564 sleep 100
6565 halt
6566 @end smallexample
6567 @item @b{target} <@var{type}> <@var{endian}> <@var{jtag-position}>
6568 @*use the create subcommand of @option{target}.
6569 @item @b{target_script} <@var{target#}> <@var{eventname}> <@var{scriptname}>
6570 @*use <@var{target_name}> configure -event <@var{eventname}> "script <@var{scriptname}>"
6571 @item @b{working_area}
6572 @*use the @option{configure} subcommand of @option{target} to set the work-area-virt, work-area-phy, work-area-size, and work-area-backup properties of the target.
6573 @end itemize
6574
6575 @node FAQ
6576 @chapter FAQ
6577 @cindex faq
6578 @enumerate
6579 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6580 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6581 @cindex RTCK
6582 @cindex adaptive clocking
6583 @*
6584
6585 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6586 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6587 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6588 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6589
6590 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6591 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6592 work. There are 2 basic options:
6593 @enumerate
6594 @item
6595 Use a special circuit.
6596 @item
6597 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6598 @end enumerate
6599
6600 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6601 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6602 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6603 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6604 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6605 4kHz.
6606
6607 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6608 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6609 painful.
6610
6611 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6612
6613 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6614 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6615
6616 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6617 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6618 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6619 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6620 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6621
6622 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6623 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6624 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6625 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6626
6627 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6628 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6629 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6630 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6631 with a CPLD.
6632 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6633 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6634 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6635 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6636 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6637 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6638
6639 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6640
6641 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6642
6643 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6644 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6645 depending on the chips on your board.
6646 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6647 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6648 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6649
6650 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6651
6652 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6653 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6654 tedious, it is not always practical.
6655
6656 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6657 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6658 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6659 this way.
6660
6661 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6662 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6663 clock rate.
6664 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6665 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6666 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6667
6668 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6669
6670 @example
6671 # Example: 1.234MHz
6672 jtag_khz 1234
6673 @end example
6674
6675
6676 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6677
6678 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6679 around Windows filenames.
6680
6681 @example
6682 > echo \a
6683
6684 > echo @{\a@}
6685 \a
6686 > echo "\a"
6687
6688 >
6689 @end example
6690
6691
6692 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6693
6694 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6695 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6696 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6697
6698 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6699 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6700 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6701
6702 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6703 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6704 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6705
6706 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6707
6708 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6709 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6710 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6711 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6712
6713 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6714 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6715 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6716
6717 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6718 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6719
6720 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6721 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6722 memory read caused data abort".
6723
6724 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6725 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6726 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6727 be done, feel free to add this here.
6728
6729 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6730 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6731 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6732 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6733 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6734 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6735 gracefully stops.
6736
6737 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6738 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6739 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6740
6741 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6742 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6743 bytes. Painful...
6744
6745
6746 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6747 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6748
6749 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6750 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6751 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6752 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6753 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6754 reset, everything else should work fine.
6755
6756 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6757 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6758 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6759 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6760
6761 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6762 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6763 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6764 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6765
6766 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6767
6768 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6769 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6770 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6771 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6772
6773 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6774 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6775 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6776 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6777
6778 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6779 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6780 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6781
6782 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6783 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6784
6785 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6786 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6787 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6788 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6789 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6790 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6791 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6792 clock frequency?
6793
6794 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6795 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6796 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6797 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6798 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6799
6800 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6801
6802 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6803 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6804 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6805 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6806 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6807 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6808 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6809
6810 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6811
6812 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6813 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6814 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6815 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6816
6817 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6818 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6819 particular order?
6820
6821 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6822 the same order used by the hardware.
6823
6824 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6825 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6826 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6827 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6828 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6829 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6830
6831 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6832 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6833 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6834 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6835
6836 @itemize @bullet
6837 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6838 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6839 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6840 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6841 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6842 @end itemize
6843
6844 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6845
6846 @itemize @bullet
6847 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6848 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6849 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6850 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6851 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6852 @end itemize
6853
6854
6855 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6856 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6857 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6858
6859 TODO.
6860
6861 @end enumerate
6862
6863 @node Tcl Crash Course
6864 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
6865 @cindex Tcl
6866
6867 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
6868 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
6869 how the Tcl scripts work.
6870
6871 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
6872 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
6873 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
6874 OpenOCD.
6875
6876 @section Tcl Rule #1
6877 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
6878 @enumerate
6879 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
6880 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6881 @end enumerate
6882
6883 The Tcl equal is this:
6884
6885 @enumerate
6886 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
6887 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6888 @end enumerate
6889
6890 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
6891 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
6892
6893 @section Tcl Rule #1b
6894 There is a second pair of rules.
6895 @enumerate
6896 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
6897 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
6898 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
6899 in Tcl.
6900 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6901 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
6902 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
6903 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
6904 @end enumerate
6905
6906 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
6907 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
6908 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
6909 Everything is a string}
6910
6911 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
6912 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
6913 difference is subtle.
6914 @enumerate
6915 @item Parse Time
6916 @item Evaluation Time
6917 @end enumerate
6918
6919 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
6920 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
6921 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
6922
6923 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
6924 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
6925 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
6926 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
6927
6928 @itemize @bullet
6929 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
6930 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
6931 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
6932 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
6933 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
6934 @example
6935 # bash example
6936 X=`date`
6937 echo "The Date is: $X"
6938 # Tcl example
6939 set X [date]
6940 puts "The Date is: $X"
6941 @end example
6942 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
6943 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
6944 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
6945 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
6946 is a string}
6947 @example
6948 set x "Dinner"
6949 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
6950 @end example
6951 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
6952 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
6953 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
6954 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
6955 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
6956 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
6957 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
6958 @end itemize
6959
6960 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
6961
6962 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
6963
6964 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
6965
6966 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
6967 the normal way.
6968
6969 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
6970 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
6971 line is immedatly executed.
6972
6973 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
6974 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
6975
6976 @subsection Command Execution
6977
6978 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
6979 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
6980 control flow operators.
6981
6982 Commands are executed like this:
6983
6984 @enumerate
6985 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
6986 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
6987 @item Repeat until End Of File.
6988 @end enumerate
6989
6990 It sort of works like this:
6991 @example
6992 for(;;)@{
6993 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
6994
6995 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
6996
6997 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
6998 @}
6999 @end example
7000
7001 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7002 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7003 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7004 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7005 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7006 ``LookupCommand()''
7007
7008 @subsection The FOR command
7009
7010 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7011 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7012 command just like any other command.
7013
7014 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7015 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7016 are:
7017
7018 @enumerate 0
7019 @item The ascii text 'for'
7020 @item The start text
7021 @item The test expression
7022 @item The next text
7023 @item The body text
7024 @end enumerate
7025
7026 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7027 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7028 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7029 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7030
7031 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7032 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7033
7034 @example
7035 int
7036 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7037 int *argc,
7038 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7039 @end example
7040
7041 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7042 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7043 still operates in the same basic way.
7044
7045 @subsection FOR command implementation
7046
7047 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7048 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7049
7050 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7051
7052 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7053
7054 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7055 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7056 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7057
7058 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7059 expression and returns a value.
7060
7061 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7062 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7063 @example
7064 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7065
7066 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7067
7068 int
7069 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7070 int argc,
7071 char **argv )
7072 @{
7073 if( argc != 5 )@{
7074 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7075 return ERROR;
7076 @}
7077
7078 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7079
7080 // Execute the start statement.
7081 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7082
7083 // Top of loop test
7084 for(;;)@{
7085 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7086 if( i == 0 )
7087 break;
7088
7089 // Execute the body
7090 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7091
7092 // Execute the LOOP part
7093 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7094 @}
7095
7096 // Return no error
7097 SetResult( interp, "" );
7098 return SUCCESS;
7099 @}
7100 @end example
7101
7102 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7103 in the same basic way.
7104
7105 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7106
7107 @subsection source and find commands
7108 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7109 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7110 @*Remember the parsing rules
7111 @enumerate
7112 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7113 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7114 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7115 substituted on the orginal command line.
7116 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7117 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7118 @end enumerate
7119 @subsection format command
7120 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7121 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7122 @b{sprintf()}.
7123 @b{Example}
7124 @example
7125 set x 6
7126 set y 7
7127 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7128 @end example
7129 @enumerate
7130 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7131 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7132 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7133 @* Refer to Rule #1
7134 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7135 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7136 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7137 @end enumerate
7138 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7139 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7140 @example
7141 #1 Good
7142 proc someproc @{@} @{
7143 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7144 @}
7145 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7146 #2 Good - no variables
7147 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7148 #3 Good Curly Braces
7149 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7150 puts "Time: [date]"
7151 @}
7152 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7153 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7154 @end example
7155 @enumerate
7156 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7157 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7158 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7159 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7160 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7161 command.
7162 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7163 @*There are 4 examples:
7164 @enumerate
7165 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7166 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7167 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7168 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7169 @end enumerate
7170
7171 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7172 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7173 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7174
7175 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7176 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7177 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7178 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7179 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7180 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7181 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7182 @end enumerate
7183 @subsection Global Variables
7184 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7185 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7186 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7187 @example
7188 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7189 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7190 global x #Global variable X
7191 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7192 @}
7193 @end example
7194 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7195 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7196 @example
7197 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7198 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7199 # Create var name
7200 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7201 # Make it a global
7202 global $vn
7203 # Set it.
7204 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7205 @}
7206 @end example
7207 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7208 @example
7209 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7210 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7211 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7212 @}
7213 @end example
7214
7215 @include fdl.texi
7216
7217 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7218 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7219 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7220 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7221 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7222 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7223
7224 @printindex cp
7225
7226 @node Command and Driver Index
7227 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7228 @printindex fn
7229
7230 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)